‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ ﹰ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ )ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺒﺎﺱ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎﺕ( ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻮﺭﺑﻮﺭﻳﺸﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫• ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻐﺎﻓﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫• ﻋﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ‬ ‫)‪SB5L01(1X‬‬
‫‪Ar‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6MB2981X-01‬‬
 ‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﻣﺰﻭﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ftp‬ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )‪(14 0‬‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪(45 0) FTP‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ftp‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻔﺤﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬

‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪(21 0) HTTP‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )‪(18 0‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻛﻲ‬

‫‪Camera Control Pro 2‬‬

‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬

‫‪ii‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫)ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ WT-6‬ﺃﻭ ‪(WT-5‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ )‪(49 0‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ 5‬ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ ﻭﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪39‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ‪.ftp‬‬
‫‪iii‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪ IOS‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .Cisco Systems, Inc‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪ ‪ Windows‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺗﹸﻌﺪ ‪ Mac‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ OS X‬ﻭ‪ iPhone‬ﻭ‪ iPad‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .Apple Inc‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ ﻭ‪/‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ XQD .‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Sony. CompactFlash‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪ .SanDisk‬ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎﻟﻜﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﻄﺮﺯ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ‪ XQD‬ﻭ ‪ .CompactFlash‬ﻭﺗﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ XQD‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻼ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﺍﺯﻳﻦ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Apple Public Source License‬ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ ‪(Apple‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ‪ Apple mDNS‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬
‫‪ Apple Public Source License‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫‪.http://developer.apple.com/opensource/‬‬
‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻺﺻﺪﺍﺭﺓ ‪ 2.0‬ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ‪") Apple Public Source License‬ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ"(‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺤﻖ ﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺇﻻ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺨﻀﻊ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫‪ http://www.opensource.apple.com/license/apsl/‬ﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ "ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻲ"‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺿﻤﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﺨﻠﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ APPLE‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺎﻝ ﻻ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺍﺝ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺍﻟﻬﺎﺩﺉ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺧﻴﺺ‪.‬‬

‫‪iv‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺟﺎﻉ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻤﺘﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻔﻆ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻢ ﺑﺬﻝ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫•‬
‫ﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺇﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻬﻮ ﻟﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ )ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻢ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺎ ﹰ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺎﺳﺢ ﺿﻮﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻧﺴﺨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻨﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﻢ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ »ﻋﻴﻨﺔ« ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺻﻜﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺩﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻃﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺪﺍﻭﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺛﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻨﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫‪v‬‬
 ‫• ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺃﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﻟﻠﺴﻨﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ )ﺍﻷﺳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺍﺗﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻜﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﺍﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺷﺘﺮﺍﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﺍﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﺩﻧﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎﹰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺤﻜﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺧﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻬﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺬﺍﻛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﻟﺘﺰﺍﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺤﻘﻮﻕ ﻧﺴﺦ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻤﺘﻠﻚ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻣﺤﻈﻮﺭﹰﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﺩﻡ ‪ ftp‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ )‪ (LAN‬ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻭﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺠﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ »ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﺎﺓ« ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻟﻤﻨﺘﺠﺎﺗﻬﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻜﻴﺔ‪http://www.nikonusa.com/ :‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺭﻭﺑﺎ ﻭﺇﻓﺮﻳﻘﻴﺎ‪http://www.europe-nikon.com/support/ :‬‬
‫• ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻗﻴﺎﻧﻮﺳﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ‪http://www.nikon-asia.com/ :‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻟﻺﻟﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻟﻸﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺋﻌﺔ‬
‫)‪ ،(FAQs‬ﻭﻧﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻲ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻤﺜﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ‪ .‬ﺗﻔﻀﻞ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://imaging.nikon.com/‬‬

‫‪vi‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﻣﺤﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪vii‬‬
 ‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻟﻚ‪ii ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪v ............................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪2 .................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪4 ................................................................................ Wireless Transmitter Utility‬‬

‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ‪HTTP‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪5 ................................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :1‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪6 ..............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :2‬ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪8 ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :3‬ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪8 .........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :4‬ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‪12 .....................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ WT-6‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،WT-5‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪14 ........................................................................................................................‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪18 ......................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪21 ........................................................................................................................HTTP‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪27 ...................................Android‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺐ ‪34 ...........................................................................................iPhone‬‬

‫‪viii‬‬
 ‫‪39‬‬ ‫‪FTP‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪39 ..............................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :1‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪40 ............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :2‬ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪41 .........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :3‬ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪41 .......................................................................................‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ WT-6‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ،WT-5‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪45 ......................................................................................................................FTP‬‬

‫‪49‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ‪50 ...............................................‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ‪50 ..........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪52 .............................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪55‬‬ ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬

‫‪65‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪65 ...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪67 .............................................................................................................. FTP‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪75 .................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻞ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ‪77 .....................................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‪78 ............................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪ix‬‬
x
 ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺼﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ ﻭﺇﺑﻘﺎﺋﻬﻤﺎ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻬﻤﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺜﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ‪ WT-6‬ﻭ ‪ WT-5‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺼﻄﻠﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﺤﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪:‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪D‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﺠﺐ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬ ‫‪A‬‬

‫ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪0‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻮﻳﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
 ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ‪ WT-6‬ﺃﻭ ‪) WT-5‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ — ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ — ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ(‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻭﺃﻓﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ،ftp‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪(45 0) FTP‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )‪(14 0‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Camera Control Pro 2‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫)‪(18 0‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪(21 0) HTTP‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ )ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻳﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻟﻌﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ; ‪(49 0‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺍﺕ ‪FTP‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ‪ ftp‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ‪) IIS‬ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ(‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ‪ ftp‬ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩﺍﺕ ‪ftp‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪HTTP‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪.http‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
 ‫‪ A‬ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ TCP‬ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 21‬ﻭ ‪ 32768‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 61000‬ﻣﻊ ‪ ،ftp‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪ TCP‬ﺭﻗﻢ‬
‫‪ 22‬ﻭ ‪ 32768‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 61000‬ﻣﻊ ‪ ،sftp‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ TCP‬ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 15740‬ﻭﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ UDP‬ﺭﻗﻢ ‪5353‬‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻈﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‪.‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
 ‫ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪Wireless Transmitter Utility‬‬
‫ﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Wireless Transmitter Utility‬ﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )‪ (13 0‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪http://downloadcenter.nikonimglib.com/‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Wireless Transmitter Utility‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪4‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻭ ‪HTTP‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺎﺳﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪.http‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪HTTP‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬

‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪Wireless Transmitter Utility‬‬

‫)‪(4 0‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :1‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ )‪(6 0‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :2‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ )‪(8 0‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪WT-6‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ‪ WT-5‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :3‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ)‪(8 0‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻗﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ )‪(12 0‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )‪(21 0‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )‪(18 0‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )‪(14 0‬‬

‫‪ D‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :1‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎﻫﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫)‪.(18 0‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪6‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻐﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪ A‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫●‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ)‪ (55 0‬ﺃﻭ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪K‬‬
‫)ﺃﺧﻀﺮ(‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﺃﺧﻀﺮ(‬
‫ﺧﻄﺄ‪.‬‬ ‫‪H‬‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﻛﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ(‬

‫‪ A‬ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬

‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﹰ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ T‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫‪ ،Ethernet‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ U‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻄﺄ‪.‬‬

‫‪7‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :2‬ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻇﻠﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .2‬ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :3‬ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻇﻠﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .2‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ‪ (Q) O‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ )‪.(57 0‬‬

‫‪8‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 2‬ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ )‪.(0 2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ,‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪HTTP‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ؛ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺻﻮﻑ ﻓﻲ »ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﺺ« )‪ ،(10 0‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪9‬‬
 ‫‪ A‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﺺ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ )ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ(‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ )ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺣﺮﻑ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ ﻣﻤﺘﻠ ﹰﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻞ(‪ .‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ .(Q) O‬ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺆﺷﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ (M) W‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻭ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .J‬ﻭﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.G‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.IP‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪IP‬‬
‫• ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﻭﻗﻨﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﻭ ‪2‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ‬
‫‪ J‬ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻄﻮﺗﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪IP‬؛ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .J‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ 4‬ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪:9‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ،HTTP‬ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪.8‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻗﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.12‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺧﺮﺝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ "ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪.(21 0) "HTTP‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :4‬ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ 4‬ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ )‪،(9 0‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻗﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ‪.USB‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪12‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪.Wireless Transmitter Utility‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ‬
‫‪ Wireless Transmitter Utility‬ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺘﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪.USB‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺧﺮﺝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ "ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ" )‪ (14 0‬ﺃﻭ "ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ" )‪.(18 0‬‬

‫‪13‬‬
 ‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ .K‬ﻇﻠﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.2‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪14‬‬
 ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ K‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻇﻠﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻭﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻭﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻭﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫)‪.(61 0‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪ ،i‬ﻭﺗﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪/‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪،i‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.2‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﺛﻢ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﹰ‬
‫• ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‬
‫• ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ؟ )‪ ،62 0‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺰﻳﻞ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ(‬

‫‪ A‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻳﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ TCP‬ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 15740‬ﻭﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ UDP‬ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 5353‬ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺟﺪﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫• ‪\Users\(user name)\Pictures\Wireless Transmitter Utility :Windows‬‬
‫• ‪/Users/(user name)/Pictures/Wireless Transmitter Utility :Mac‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪.Wireless Transmitter Utility‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
 ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪" :‬ﺃﺭﺳﻞ"‬ ‫‪a‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‪.‬‬

‫‪" :‬ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ"‬ ‫‪b‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪» :‬ﺗﻢ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ«‬ ‫‪c‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ "ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ" ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ )‪.(77 0‬‬
‫‪ :f ,e‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪.d‬‬

‫‪17‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺣﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪) Camera Control Pro 2‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ( ﻭﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )ﺳﻴﻈﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ؛ ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ(‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ .L‬ﻇﻠﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.2‬‬

‫‪18‬‬
 ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.Camera Control Pro 2‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪) Camera Control Pro 2‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺮﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ ،Camera Control Pro 2‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪Camera Control Pro 2‬‬
‫ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ )‪.(pdf‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻳﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ TCP‬ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 15740‬ﻭﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ UDP‬ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 5353‬ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﺠﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺟﺪﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﺮﹰﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ D‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺗﺸﻮﻳﺶ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ ،Camera Control Pro 2‬ﺳﻴﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ‬
‫‪ LED‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ WT-5‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ؛ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋ ﹴﺬ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻤﻜﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ )‪ .(55 0‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻭﻗﻔﺖ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
 ‫‪ A‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻫﻨﺎ )‪.(77 0‬‬‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﹰ‬

‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪.d‬‬

‫‪20‬‬
 ‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪HTTP‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ HTTP‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻛﻲ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ 26‬ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ(‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺨﻤﺲ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪.HTTP‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ HTTP‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ .M‬ﻇﻠﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.2‬‬

‫‪21‬‬
 ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ URL‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ URL‬ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ URL‬ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )”‪ “http://‬ﻣﺘﺒﻮﻋﹰﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪IP‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ( ﻓﻲ ﺣﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‪.‬‬

‫‪22‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻚ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ )ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ <‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪ HTTP‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫‪ ،62‬ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ "‪ "nikon‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ(‪.‬‬

‫‪23‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ‪) Language‬ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ( ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Shooting/Viewer‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪/‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ( ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )‪ (34 ,27 0‬ﻭ‬
‫‪) Shooting/Viewer‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪/‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ( ﺃﻭ ‪) Viewer‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ( ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪ .(36 ,29 0‬ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﻲ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻭ ‪ IPTC‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ‬
‫‪) Edit text‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺺ( )‪ .(38 ،31 0‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺧﻤﺴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪) Viewer‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ(‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪) Shooting/Viewer‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪/‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ( ﺃﻭ ‪Edit‬‬
‫‪) text‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺺ( )ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪Shooting/Viewer‬‬
‫)ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪/‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ( ﺃﻭ ‪) Edit text‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺺ(‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪) Viewer‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ((‪.‬‬

‫‪24‬‬
 ‫‪ A‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬

‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ URL‬ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﹰ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻫﻨﺎ )‪.(77 0‬‬

‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪.d‬‬

‫‪25‬‬
 ‫‪ A‬ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪HTTP‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ Windows 10‬ﻭ ‪ Windows 8.1‬ﻭ ‪Windows 7‬‬
‫• ‪Microsoft Edge :Windows 10‬‬
‫• ‪Internet Explorer 11 :Windows 8.1‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫• ‪Internet Explorer 10 :Windows 7‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ 768 × 1024 :‬ﺑﻜﺴﻞ )‪ (XGA‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ؛ ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑـ ‪ 1024 × 1280‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ 24‬ﺑﺖ )ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫‪Mac‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ OS X‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 10.10‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 10.9‬ﺃﻭ ‪10.8‬‬
‫• ‪ OS X‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪Safari 8 :10.10‬‬
‫• ‪ OS X‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪Safari 7 :10.9‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬
‫• ‪ OS X‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ‪Safari 6 :10.8‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ 768 × 1024 :‬ﺑﻜﺴﻞ )‪ (XGA‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ؛ ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑـ ‪ 1024 × 1280‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ‪ 24‬ﺑﺖ )ﻣﻼﻳﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Android‬‬

‫‪4.4 ،Android 5.0‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪Chrome‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬

‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ‪iOS‬‬
‫‪ iOS 8‬ﻭ‪iOS 7‬‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ Safari‬ﻣﻊ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺢ‬

‫‪26‬‬
 ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪Android‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ http‬ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪) Android‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻸﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ ،iPhones‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.34‬‬
‫❚❚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Shooting/Viewer‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪/‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺭﺽ( ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪(24 0‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ )‪(29 0‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )‪(28 0‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )‪(28 0‬‬

‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ )‪(28 0‬‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬‬ ‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ )‪(28 0‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‪/‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬

‫ﺻﻐﻴﺮ‬ ‫‪ A‬ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ‬

‫ﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﺆﺭﻱ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺒﻴﺮ‬

‫‪27‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﻭﺗﹸﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻤﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺪﺀ ﻭﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺑﺆﺭﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﺯﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬

‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺯﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ S‬ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺯﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
 ‫❚❚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪) Viewer‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪) Viewer‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ( ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Viewer‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻭ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ )‪ ,(30 0‬ﻭﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫)‪.(30 0‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ )"ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ"( ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ )ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺃﻭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ(‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑـ ‪ ;1‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﻞ‬ ‫‪A‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪(30 0‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ )‪(30 0‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺗﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ‬
‫)‪(29 0‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬

‫‪29‬‬
 ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ‪H‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ‪ F‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ(‬

‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ )ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ(‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ )ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺲ‬

‫‪ H‬ﺃﻭ ‪ F‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ(‬

‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻛﻲ‬

‫‪30‬‬
 ‫❚❚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪) Text Edit‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺺ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ‪ IPTC‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Edit text‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺺ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪(24 0‬‬

‫ﺯﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ‬ ‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ )‪(32 0‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ )‪(32 0‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ‪(33 0) IPTC‬‬ ‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬

‫‪ D‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﺯﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪ D‬ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻧﻘﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺽ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﺧﺮﺟﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ‪.‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
 ‫‪) Image Comment‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ(‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻟﺤﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻲ‬
‫‪ ViewNX-i‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .Capture NX-D‬ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪) Attach comment‬ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ(‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻹﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Input comment‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ(‪ :‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 36‬ﺣﺮﻓﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Copyright Information‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ(‬
‫ﻳﻀﻴﻒ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻛﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﻓﻲ ‪ ViewNX-i‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .Capture NX-D‬ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪) Attach copyright information‬ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻖ ﻧﺸﺮ(‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻹﺭﻓﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Artist/copyright‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ‪/‬ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ(‪ :‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 36‬ﺣﺮﻓﹰﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ 54‬ﺣﺮﻓﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‬

‫ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺮﺡ ﺑﻪ ﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Attach copyright information‬ﺇﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ( ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻮﻝ ‪) Artist‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ(‬
‫ﻭ ‪) Copyright‬ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ( ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺒﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺠﻢ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ‪Copyright information‬‬
‫)ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ(‪.‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
 ‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ‪IPTC‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻟـ ‪ IPTC‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪) Auto embed during shooting‬ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ(‪ :‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻟـ ‪IPTC‬؛ ﻇﻠﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻟﺘﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺣﺪﺩ ‪) Off‬ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ( ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻟـ ‪.IPTC‬‬
‫• ‪) Select IPTC preset‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻟـ ‪ :(IPTC‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺒﻖ ﻟـ ‪ .IPTC‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺒﻖ ﻟﻨﺴﺨﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ‪IPTC‬‬
‫‪ IPTC‬ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻧﺸﺄﻩ ‪" International Press Telecommunications Council‬ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻔﻴﺔ" )‪ (IPTC‬ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻭﺗﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺸﻮﺭﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ‪ IPTC‬ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ IPTC‬ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
 ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺐ ‪iPhone‬‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ http‬ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪iPhone‬‬
‫)ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﻟﻸﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Android‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ ،iPad‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.27‬‬
‫❚❚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Shooting/Viewer‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪/‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﺭﺽ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ )‪ (C‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻠﻔﻴﻠﻢ )‪ .(1‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪(24 0‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ )‪(36 0‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ )ﺍﻟﻤﺲ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺪﻑ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﺩ(‬

‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )‪(28 0‬‬

‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺋﻲ‬

‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬ ‫)‪(28 0‬‬
‫)‪(28 0‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ )‪(28 0‬‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ‬

‫‪34‬‬
 ‫‪ A‬ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ‪a‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻹﻧﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺯﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺯﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ S‬ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺯﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﻼﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺯﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻭﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
 ‫❚❚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪) Viewer‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪) Viewer‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ( ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Viewer‬ﻋﺎﺭﺽ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺯﺭ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻓﻲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻟﻤﺘﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻭﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ iPhone‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻭﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ )‪.(37 0‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺻﻐﻴﺮﺓ )"ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ"( ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬

‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ )ﺍﻟﻤﺲ‬

‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ(‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑـ ‪ ;1‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺩ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬

‫‪36‬‬
 ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻐﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬

‫‪37‬‬
 ‫❚❚ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪) Text Edit‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺺ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ‪ IPTC‬ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪) Edit text‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺺ( ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻭﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ )‪(24 0‬‬

‫ﺯﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ‬

‫ﺯﺭ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ )‪(32 0‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ )‪(32 0‬‬

‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ‪(33 0) IPTC‬‬

‫ﺯﺭ ﻣﺴﺢ‬

‫‪ D‬ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﺯﺭ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫‪38‬‬
 ‫‪FTP‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ‪.ftp‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪FTP‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :1‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ )‪(40 0‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ WT-6‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ WT-5‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :2‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ )‪(41 0‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :3‬ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ )‪(41 0‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )‪(45 0‬‬

‫‪ D‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺍﺕ ‪FTP‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ftp‬ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ‪ ftp‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ‪) IIS‬ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ( ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ )‪ .(67 0‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ‪ ftp‬ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ftp‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪39‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :1‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻜﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺑﺪﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ،ftp‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪.ftp‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ftp‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻐﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪40‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :2‬ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ,‬ﺛﻢ ﻇﻠﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .2‬ﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ :3‬ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻇﻠﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .2‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ‪ (Q) O‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪41‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 2‬ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ FTP‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ؛ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ )‪.(10 0‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬ ‫‪ J‬ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.IP‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.J‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪J‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪IP‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪.7‬‬
‫• ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﻭﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 4‬ﻭ ‪ 2‬ﻟﺘﻈﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻭ ‪ 1‬ﻭ ‪ 3‬ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪J‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ J‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪.7‬‬

‫‪42‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ‪ FTP‬ﺃﻭ ‪ ftp) SFTP‬ﺁﻣﻦ( ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪.IP‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫‪ URL‬ﺃﻭ ‪ IP‬ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻭﺩ )‪ (10 0‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ,J‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬
‫• ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬

‫ﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪ 21‬ﻭ ‪ 32768‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 61000‬ﻣﻊ ‪ ،ftp‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪ 22‬ﻭ ‪ 32768‬ﺣﺘﻰ ‪61000‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻊ ‪ .sftp‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻈﺮ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‪.‬‬
‫‪43‬‬
 ‫‪ 10‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻭﺟﻬﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺰﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ )ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﹰﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ(‪ .‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬

‫‪ 11‬ﺍﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺞ‪ :‬ﺍﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﺧﺮﺝ‪.‬‬

‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﻟﻰ "ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪.(45 0) "FTP‬‬

‫‪44‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪FTP‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ftp‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ،ftp‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.67‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ FTP‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ .N‬ﻇﻠﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.2‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬

‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪45‬‬
 ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ K‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻇﻠﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻐﺮﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻭﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻭﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻭﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ‪.‬‬

‫‪46‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫)‪.(61 0‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬

‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﺛﻢ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺘﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﹰ‬
‫• ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‬
‫• ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ < ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ؟ )‪ ،62 0‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻳﺰﻳﻞ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ(‬

‫‪ D‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻲ ﺑﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ A‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫‪47‬‬
 ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪" :‬ﺃﺭﺳﻞ"‬ ‫‪a‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ‪.‬‬

‫‪" :‬ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ"‬ ‫‪b‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪» :‬ﺗﻢ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ«‬ ‫‪c‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﺑﺮﻣﺰ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﻀﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ "ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ" ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺠﺎﺭﻱ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ )‪.(77 0‬‬
‫‪ :f ,e‬ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪ :‬ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪.d‬‬

‫‪48‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﺠﻤﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪ D5‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﻳﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻏﺎﻟﻖ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ‪ D5‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻏﺎﻟﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪ WT-6‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .WT-5‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻤﺆﻗﺖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪.‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ‪ D4S‬ﻭ ‪D4‬‬

‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻣﻊ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ‪ D4S‬ﺃﻭ ‪ D4‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ‪.WT-5‬‬
‫‪49‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻠﺮﺟﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.(M) W‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
 ‫❚❚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 16‬ﺣﺮﻓﹰﺎ )‪ .(10 0‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ؛ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )ﻭﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ‪ LED‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،WT-5‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼ( ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻄﻲ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ "ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ" ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ )‪ (10–1‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪51‬‬
 ‫❚❚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ‪ 16‬ﺣﺮﻓﹰﺎ )‪ .(10 0‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ,‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ < ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،(M) W‬ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺘﻲ ‪ 51‬ﻭ‪ .52‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪52‬‬
 ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.2‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‬

‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ )‪ ،(51 0‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮﺍﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪53‬‬
54
 ‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪ B‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ )ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.(2 0 ،‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪ B‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺰﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ؛ ﻳﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪55‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪ B‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫❚❚ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺴﻌﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻇﻠﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ftp‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ (Q) O‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ )‪.(57 0‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫‪.(Q/Z) L‬‬

‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫)‪(58 ،42 ،9 0‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ )‪(9 0‬‬
‫‪) SSID‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ )‪(59 0‬‬

‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.(58 0) (M) W‬‬

‫‪56‬‬
 ‫❚❚ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ )‪،(41 ،8 0‬‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺔ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ftp‬ﻭ ‪ http‬ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ )‪.(75 0‬‬
‫❚❚ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ‪/‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ftp‬ﻭ ‪ .http‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺠﺬﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ؛ ﻇﻠﻞ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ J‬ﻟﻨﺴﺨﻪ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ )ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ؛ ‪ .(58 0‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺤﺔ ‪ 1‬ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ "ﻧﺴﺦ ﻣﻦ"‬
‫ﻭ"ﻧﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ"‪.‬‬
‫❚❚ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (Q) O‬ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.J‬‬

‫‪57‬‬
 ‫❚❚ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ‬‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻈﻠﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ (M) W‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬

‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ )‪.(58 0‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ؛ ‪.(59 0‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪.(60 0) TCP/IP‬‬ ‫‪TCP/IP‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪.(60 0) ftp‬‬ ‫‪FTP‬‬

‫‪ D‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﻟﻤﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪58‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ‪ :SSID‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ )‪ (SSID‬ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪.ftp‬‬
‫• ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ ftp‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻨﺎﺓ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ )ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ؛ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ‬
‫• ﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻭ‬
‫‪ WPA-PSK‬ﻭ‪) WPA2-PSK‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ( ﺃﻭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻭ‪) WPA2-PSK‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻮﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪:‬‬
‫ﻓﺘﺢ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ؛ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ‪-64 WEP‬ﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ‪-128‬ﺑﺖ ﻣﺘﺎ ﹰﺣﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ‪-64 WEP :‬ﺑﺖ ﺃﻭ ‪-128‬ﺑﺖ‬
‫‪TKIP :WPA-PSK‬؛ ‪AES‬‬
‫‪AES :WPA2-PSK‬‬
‫• ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪:‬‬
‫‪AES ،TKIP‬‬ ‫‪-128) WEP‬ﺑﺖ(‬ ‫‪-64) WEP‬ﺑﺖ(‬
‫‪63–8‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ )‪(ASCII‬‬
‫‪64‬‬ ‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪10‬‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺣﺮﻑ )ﺳﺪﺍﺳﻲ(‬
‫• ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪ :‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ WEP64‬ﺃﻭ ‪ WEP128‬ﻣﻊ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﹰﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪59‬‬
 ‫‪TCP/IP‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﺘﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﻭﻳﻦ ‪ IP‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺑﺨﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪/‬ﻗﻨﺎﻉ‪ :‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﻭﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺪﺧﻞ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ )‪ :(DNS‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﹰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪FTP‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﺭ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ftp‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫• ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪ ftp‬ﺃﻭ ‪ sftp‬ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ URL‬ﺃﻭ ‪IP‬‬
‫)ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪ :PASV‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪.PASV‬‬
‫• ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ :‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﹰﺎ ﻟـ ‪ ،ftp‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻭﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪60‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬ ‫‪ B‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫❚❚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ،ftp‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ )ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ 14‬ﻭ‪.45‬‬
‫❚❚ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ )ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ftp‬ﻓﻘﻂ؛ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ(‪ .‬ﻳﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻠﻲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻟﻺﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻱ ‪ d7‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫❚❚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ‬

‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ‪ JPEG+NEF‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ftp‬‬
‫)ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ftp‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻼ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ (RAW) NEF‬ﻭ ‪ JPEG‬ﺃﻭ ﻧﺴﺦ ‪JPEG‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫❚❚ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ،ftp‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻻ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻤﻠﺔ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﹰﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‪.‬‬

‫‪61‬‬
 ‫❚❚ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ftp‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫❚❚ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ )ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ FTP‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺯﻣﻨﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ ViewNX-i‬ﺃﻭ ‪ .Capture NX-D‬ﻟﻤﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﻟﻠﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻨﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ‪.Capture NX-D‬‬

‫❚❚ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ )ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ftp‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪ .‬ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ )ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ "ﺗﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ"( ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ‪ 14‬ﻭ‪.45‬‬
‫❚❚ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ؟‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻧﻌﻢ ﻹﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻟﻠﻨﻘﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪) ftp‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ftp‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﺰ‬
‫"ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ" ‪.‬‬

‫❚❚ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪HTTP‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ‪http‬‬
‫)ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ http‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬

‫❚❚ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪MAC‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ MAC‬ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻟـ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ )‪ .(55 0‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺎﺡ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﻤﻜﻴﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪62‬‬
 ‫❚❚ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻟﻠﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻬﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺒﺎﺩﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪1000BASE-T‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺧﻴﺎﺭ ﺃﻋﻄﻲ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﺤﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ‪ 100BASE-TX‬ﻭﺿﻤﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻃﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )‪.(7 0‬‬

‫‪63‬‬
64
 ‫ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺣﻖ‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ (4 0) Wireless Transmitter Utility‬ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﻐﱢﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫‪65‬‬
 ‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪.Wireless Transmitter Utility‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺰﺩﻭ ﹰﺟﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Wireless Transmitter Utility‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‬
‫)ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ‪ (Windows‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺃﺩﺍﺓ ‪ Wireless Transmitter Utility‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﺀ )ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ‪.(Mac‬‬

‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬

‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪66‬‬
 ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪FTP‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ftp‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺅﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ‪ ftp‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ (Home/Pro/Enterprise) Windows 10‬ﻭ‪ Windows 8.1‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ (Pro/Enterprise) Windows 8.1‬ﻭ‪ .(Ultimate/Enterprise/Professional) Windows 7‬ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows‬ﺗﻌﺪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‬
‫‪ (IIS) Internet Information Services‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ‪) ftp‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ .(Microsoft‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﺺ )‪ (10 0‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺃﺳﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﹸﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﻏﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪:‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪192.168.1.3 :IP‬‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪255.255.255.0 :‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪21 :ftp‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ftp‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ‪) Network and Sharing Center‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) Network and Internet‬ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ( < ‪Network and Sharing Center‬‬
‫)ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺭﻛﺔ( ﻓﻲ ‪) Control Panel‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ(‪.‬‬

‫‪67‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻋﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ‪) Change adapter settings‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻝ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Ethernet‬ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ(‬
‫)‪ (Windows 8.1‬ﺃﻭ ‪) Local Area Connection‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻲ( )‪ (Windows 7‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ‬
‫‪) Properties‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ(‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﻋﺒﺮ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ (Windows 8.1) Wi-Fi‬ﺃﻭ ‪) Wireless Network Connection‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ( )‪ (Windows 7‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ‪) Properties‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ(‪.‬‬

‫‪68‬‬
 ‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ‪.TCP/IP‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ‪) (TCP/IPv4) Internet Protocol Version 4‬ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪4‬‬
‫)‪ ((TCP/IPv4‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ‪) Properties‬ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﻭﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﻭﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ftp‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ‪) OK‬ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬

‫‪69‬‬
 ‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺣﻮﺍﺭ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ‪) Close‬ﺇﻏﻼﻕ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ‪) Administrative Tools‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫‪7‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ‪) System and Security‬ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ( < ‪) Administrative Tools‬ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ(‬
‫ﻓﻲ ‪) Control Panel‬ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ(‪.‬‬

‫‪70‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ‪.IIS Manager‬‬ ‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻧﻘﺮﹰﺍ ﻣﺰﺩﻭ ﹰﺟﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Internet Information Services (IIS) Manager‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ(‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ‪) Add FTP Site ...‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪.(…FTP‬‬ ‫‪9‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﺑﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻷﻳﻤﻦ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺩ ‪Add FTP Site ...‬‬
‫)ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪.(…FTP‬‬

‫‪71‬‬
 ‫‪ 10‬ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻟﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ .ftp‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ‪) Next‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ( ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ A‬ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬

‫ﻟﻠﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‪.‬‬

‫‪72‬‬
 ‫‪ 11‬ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪.SSL‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ IP‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ،5‬ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ‪) No SSL‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﹰ‬ ‫‪) Start FTP site automatically‬ﺑﺪﺀ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ‪FTP‬‬
‫‪ .(SSL‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ‪) Next‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻲ( ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪73‬‬
 ‫‪ 12‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻭﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ‪) Finish‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬
‫• ‪) Authentication‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ(‪) Basic :‬ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ(‬
‫• ‪) Allow access to‬ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ(‪) All users :‬ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ(‬
‫• ‪) Permissions‬ﺍﻷﺫﻭﻧﺎﺕ(‪) Read/Write :‬ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ‪/‬ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ(‬

‫‪74‬‬
 ‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻳﺪﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﹰﺎ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩﺍﺕ ‪ ftp‬ﻭ‪ .http‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﺘﻀﻴﻊ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ؛ ﻟﺘﻔﺎﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﻠﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺰﻭﺩ ‪ ftp‬ﻳﻘﻊ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻹﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺑﺮﻭﺗﻮﻛﻮﻝ ‪ ftp‬ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬
‫‪ 21‬ﻭ‪ 22‬ﻭ‪ 32768‬ﺧﻼﻝ ‪.(61000‬‬

‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪1‬‬

‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻇﻠﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ 2‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪2‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ .2‬ﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﻊ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺤﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺯﺭ ‪ (Q) O‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ )‪.(57 0‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬

‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻳﺪﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.2‬‬

‫‪75‬‬
 ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻇﻠﻞ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪ FTP‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪ HTTP‬ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.2‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫‪5‬‬

‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻲ "ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ" )‪.(58 0‬‬

‫‪ D‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬

‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻠﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﺘﺄﺧﺮ ﺍﻧﻄﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻴﺎﺩﻱ ‪ c4‬ﻓﻲ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪76‬‬
 ‫ﺗﺤﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻞ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺤﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻴﻒ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻬﺎﻳﺊ‬
‫‪58 ,41 ,8‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪43 ,19 ,16‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻄﺄ ‪ TCP/IP‬ﺃﻭ ‪.ftp‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫‪74‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪.ftp‬‬

‫‪60‬‬ ‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ PASV‬ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ "ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬

‫‪43 ,19 ,16‬‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ" ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ‪" ،‬ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫‪40 ,6‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ"‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫‪40 ,6‬‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‬
‫‪47 ,16‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺛﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺗﻮﻏﺮﺍﻓﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪ URL‬ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫—‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﺐ )ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺰﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ HTTP‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‪.‬‬

‫‪77‬‬
 ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪18 ،5 ،2 .......................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺬﻑ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪61 ..................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‪58 .................................................‬‬ ‫‪ :a‬ﺃﺭﺳﻞ‪48 ،17 .............................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪50 ......................................................‬‬ ‫‪ :b‬ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪48 ،17 ............................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪55 ......................................................................‬‬ ‫‪ :c‬ﺗﻢ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ‪48 ،17 ....................................................‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻞ؟‪62 .....................................................‬‬ ‫‪C‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﻥ‪12 ........................................................................‬‬
‫‪18 ........................................... Camera Control Pro 2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺇﻟﻰ‪/‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪57 ...........................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪60 ............................................................. PASV‬‬ ‫‪I‬‬
‫ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪57 ....................................................‬‬ ‫‪26 ..............................................................................iOS‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪41 ،8 ،2 .................................................................‬‬ ‫‪34 ....................................................................... iPhone‬‬
‫ﺏ‬ ‫‪M‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪57 ،40 ،6................................................‬‬ ‫‪26 .............................................................................Mac‬‬
‫ﺕ‬ ‫‪S‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ‪45 ،39 ،2.....................................................FTP‬‬ ‫‪59 ،56 .................................................................... SSID‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪59 .........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ‪62 ...........................................................‬‬ ‫‪T‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺛﻴﻖ‪59 ...........................................................................‬‬ ‫‪60 ........................................................................TCP/IP‬‬
‫ﺝ‬ ‫‪W‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪43 ،19 ،16 ،3...........................................‬‬ ‫‪26 .............................................................Windows 10‬‬
‫ﺡ‬ ‫‪26 ............................................................... Windows 7‬‬
‫‪26 ............................................................Windows 8.1‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪7 ...............................................................‬‬ ‫‪65 ،13 ،4..................... Wireless Transmitter Utility‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪48 ،25 ،20 ،17 .......................................‬‬ ‫‪49 .......................................................................... WT-5‬‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪63 .............................................................‬‬ ‫‪49 .......................................................................... WT-6‬‬
‫ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻤﻴﻞ‪62 ........................‬‬
‫ﺃ‬
‫ﺥ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪55 ..........................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺩﻭﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ‪60 .................................................‬‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪11 ،3 ......................................................‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪61 .........................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪55 ،41 ،8.................................................‬‬
‫ﺭ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺀ ‪77 ،48 ،25 ،20 ،17 ،7 .........................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻧﺺ‪10 ...................................................................‬‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻔﺬ ‪75 ،73 ،60 ،43 ،19 ،3 ................................‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻠﺪ‪62 ............................................................‬‬
‫ﺵ‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ‪61 ..............................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﻣﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪59 ،2 .....................................‬‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪61 .............................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‪61 .............................‬‬
‫ﻉ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪51 ،50 .................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ ‪51 ............................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪58 ،56 ............................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪60 ،42 ،11 ........................................................IP‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ‪75 ،56 ،41 ،8.....................................‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ‪62 ................................................................ MAC‬‬ ‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ‪62 .........................................HTTP‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺰﺍﻣﻦ ‪52 ،50 ،49 ،2.....................................‬‬
‫‪78‬‬
 ‫ﻑ‬
‫ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪﺓ‪51 ...........................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻲ‪59 ..........................................................‬‬
‫ﻕ‬
‫ﻗﻨﺎﺓ‪59 ..............................................................................‬‬
‫ﻙ‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺇﻳﺜﺮﻧﺖ‪40 ،6 ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﻡ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ‪72 ،44 ،16 ........................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺧﻞ‪60 ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪75 ،67 ،60 ،39 ،2 ............................................FTP‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ‪75 ،26 ،21 ،5 ،2 ......................................... HTTP‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ‪60 ............................................DNS‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺮﻭﻛﺴﻲ ‪60 ............................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪41 ،8 .....................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﻴﺮ‪59 .........................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‪7 ............................................................‬‬
‫ﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪) Text edit‬ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﻧﺺ(‪38 ،31 .............................‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ‪) Viewer‬ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺽ( ‪36 ،29 .....................................‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ‪34 ،27 ........................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪27 ،26 ...............................Android OS‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪14 ،5 ،2 .........................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪56 ،42 ،9.....................................................‬‬
‫ﻭ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ‪59 ،56 ...................................................‬‬

‫‪79‬‬
80
 ‫ﻻ ﻳﺠﻮﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ ﹰ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ ﹰ )ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺒﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺰ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻗﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺎﺕ( ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﻮﺭﺑﻮﺭﻳﺸﻦ‪.‬‬

‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ‬

‫• ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺗﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺳﻨﻐﺎﻓﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫• ﻋﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ‬ ‫)‪SB5L01(1X‬‬
‫‪Ar‬‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪6MB2981X-01‬‬